\r\n
\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Covers:<\/strong> Salvador Larroca, Ryan M Kincaid, Marguerite Sauvage, Stefano Simeone<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

Published by:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Letters by:<\/strong> Rus Wooton<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Covers:<\/strong> Salvador Larroca, Ryan M Kincaid, Marguerite Sauvage, Stefano Simeone<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

Published by:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Colours by:<\/strong> Lee Loughridge<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Letters by:<\/strong> Rus Wooton<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Covers:<\/strong> Salvador Larroca, Ryan M Kincaid, Marguerite Sauvage, Stefano Simeone<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

Published by:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Art by:<\/strong> Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Colours by:<\/strong> Lee Loughridge<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Letters by:<\/strong> Rus Wooton<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Covers:<\/strong> Salvador Larroca, Ryan M Kincaid, Marguerite Sauvage, Stefano Simeone<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

Published by:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

\r\n

Written by:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Art by:<\/strong> Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Colours by:<\/strong> Lee Loughridge<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Letters by:<\/strong> Rus Wooton<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

Covers:<\/strong> Salvador Larroca, Ryan M Kincaid, Marguerite Sauvage, Stefano Simeone<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

Published by:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n\r\n

Before I start this review for Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em>, I have a number of things I want to say; I have talked to Mark London several times via email, and I do talk to other members of the Mad Cave Studios team. I first; heard of Mad Cave Studios several years ago when the\u00a0Battlecats<\/em>\u00a0series had just come out. Since then, I have always heard positive things about this studio; I have read\u00a0Battlecats\u00a0<\/em>and\u00a0Wolvenheart<\/em>, also written by Mark London. Mark and the team and Mad Cave Studios did send us a box of physical goodies containing numerous comics, graphic novels and pins.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_1\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Releasing on March 1st, Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1<\/em> is the latest comic from Mark London, Francesco Archidiacono, Marc Deering, Lee Loughridge and Rus Wooton.\u00a0The synopsis for the comic reads:\u00a0When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers. However, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_2\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

I have to be honest. The first thing that I noticed was the cover by Salvador Larocca. It kind of reminds me of a Marvel comic cover. There; is a lot about this comic that gives me a Marvel comic vibe more, on that later. In terms of the first issue, it is 48 pages, and it's an action comic.\u00a0Mad Cave Studios describe it as\u00a0Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans<\/em>\u00a0in the PR releases. I think that's spot on. Reading it, I enjoyed the whole package, the writing and the art.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_3\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

In terms of the art, you can see the preview pages to see the comic in all of its glory there; is also a comic trailer if you want to check that out. In terms of writing as a first issue: it has everything a set-up, numerous characters, lots of action, intrigue and ends with a cliffhanger. We also have a female lead character in the mix. I do have to say I like the way Mark has written the character of Artemis. Sometimes when male writers have a female lead character, they can go over the top when writing her or somehow; the character can come off as unnatural. I do like what Mark has done here; it just feels natural.\u00a0<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n

\"huntkillrepeat1_4\"<\/p>\r\n\r\n

Going back to the Marvel vibe earlier I was talking; about. It kind of has a Mark Millar Marvel action comic vibe to it, and I mean that positively. The art from Francesco Archidiacono and Marc Deering has a very Terry Dodson; type of vibe. I think Lee Loughridge's colouring compliments the art so well, It's just so pleasant to look at, and Rus Wooton has hit the ball out of the park.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

I enjoyed the first issue as a debut for the series. It's great not sure what else you could ask for. I suppose the best compliment I can give it is; when I read the last page, I was disappointed the comic had finished and; I wanted to read the next issue. I do think that the first printing of this comic will sell out.<\/span><\/p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n

\r\n
https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=yUF5yWgiyeg<\/div>\r\n<\/figure>\r\n\r\n

All in all a great release from Mad Cave Studios; it looks and feels like they have upped their game, and they; are on their way up and up. I say this not just from this comic; but from seeing their upcoming comics and graphic novels. I think if you have not been keeping an eye on Mad Cave Studios, you should be keeping on an eye on this studio.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Overall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span><\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>\r\n

 <\/p>","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Review","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-08 15:15:42","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-08 14:15:42","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=209310","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":208930,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_date_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:45","post_content":"DEC. 7, 2022, (PITTSBURGH, PA)<\/strong> \u2014 No Gods, No Masters<\/em>. <\/span>Mad Cave Studios\u2019<\/a> newest urban fantasy title,<\/span> Hunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is now officially available to pre-order! To celebrate the release of this all-new action series, we\u2019ve teamed up with renowned illustrator Salvador Larroca (X-Men<\/em>, Alien<\/em>) for a special Mad Cave Exclusive variant of issue #1\u2014limited to 100 copies!<\/span>\n\n\"hunkillrepeatoffer\"\n\nFor the first time ever,<\/span> <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/a> is launching this limited exclusive with a week-long Early Bird Special!<\/strong> From November 30th to December 14th, fans are able to grab this exclusive cover for $15\u2014a discount of 40%<\/strong>\u2014with a digital PDF copy of Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 upon ordering, giving an early sneak peek<\/strong> at what lies in store for Artemis and the gods of Olympus!<\/span>\n\nIt\u2019s Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans in Hunt. Kill. Repeat. The all-new, action packed series by Mark London (Battlecats, Knights of the Golden Sun). When the Greek gods invade Earth, society is quickly forced to comply with their new rulers.<\/span><\/em>\n\nHowever, one god, Artemis, rejects her brethren's ideology and has found solace in the love of a mortal. When she is called to Olympus to answer for her betrayal, the gods strip away her godly powers and leave her for dead. Now, ten years later, Artemis is on a quest for revenge to confront her father, Zeus, for taking away everything she ever loved.<\/em><\/span>\n\n[gallery ids=\"208932,208933,208934,208935,208936,208937\"]\n\n \n\nHunt. Kill. Repeat.<\/a> is written by Mark London<\/em> (Battlecats<\/em>, Wolvenheart<\/em>) with art by Francesco Archidiacono<\/em> and Marc Deering<\/em> (Green Lantern<\/em>, Black Panther<\/em>), colors by Lee Loughridge<\/em> (Deadly Class<\/em>, The Good Asian<\/em>) and letters by Rus Wooton, and is slated for release March 1, 2023.<\/span>\n\n \n\n ","post_title":"Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #1 Preview","post_excerpt":"Kill Bill meets Clash of the Titans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"hunt-kill-repeat-1-preview","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_modified_gmt":"2022-12-07 17:59:46","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=208930","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206753,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-08-16 16:16:35","post_date_gmt":"2021-08-16 15:16:35","post_content":"

Created By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London, Ben Goldsmith<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz, Mauricio Villarreal, Michael Camelo, Atagun Ilhan, Daniel Jimeno<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist: <\/strong>Tekino, Alejandro Giraldo, Maria Santaolalla, Julian Gonzalez, Jonathan Prada<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> Available now<\/span><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

The history of Valderia has been wrought with wars and violence for so long. With evil encroaching upon the Pridelands from every corner, each King has fought his own battles in order to both improve the lives of its citizens, and ultimately - keep them safe. This collection of \u2018Tales of Valderia\u2019, recounts the history of leadership starting from Eramad I down through his successors and the creation of the Battlecats. With a look back on the feline history and the great dangers that rose against them. As well as an in depth look into the Gods, lands, fractions and legendary heroes that sculpted the Vaderia of today. A must read for all Battlecats fans!<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_1\"<\/p>\n

\u2018Battlecats: Tales of Valderia\u2019 is a collection of the four part mini series that revolved around the history of Valderia. These issues all dealt with the Eramad dynasty and the Battlecats. Issue One followed King Eramad I as he mourned the loss of the great General Sai and gave birth to the idea of a group of felines to protect the nation. Following that we lead onto King Eramad II, who doubted his leadership so much that he exiled himself and left the country to the very capable fans of the nations most loved individual - the Great Goadar. Moving on, we meet a very young Kelthan as he is escorted to the White Marsh Islands by Natharien, to begin his training. From which Kelthan meets Valadar for the first time, when he was leader of the Battlecats and a trusted ally to the King. And lastly we have a story on Valadar, not long after he parted ways at the White Marsh Islands. As ordered by his King, he returns to his homeland of Blackstone and is disgusted by the carry on of his people. He becomes agitated and furious by their actions, making him an ideal target for the shrouded form of Myrthalen to make her move. Also included is the 2019 Halloween Comicfest Special, which recounted the battle between the former Battlecats led by Valadar and an unknown dark force that had taken hold of the people of Healer\u2019s Edge in Arkhovia.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"battlecats_tov1_2\"<\/p>\n

There is so much going on in this series, that it\u2019s great to get a compiled mini series and guide such as this, to help expand our knowledge of the World we have been reading about for so long. The detailed maps, backgrounds on the Eramad lineage and even artwork for the Gods & Moon Warriors has been a great inclusion, alongside the backstories. It\u2019s well worth picking up this compiled volume if you are indeed a massive Battlecats fan. I mean who isn\u2019t at this stage?!<\/span><\/p>\n

Available to buy now in the link below:<\/span><\/p>\n

https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1\/<\/a><\/p>\n

Overall: <\/strong>9\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n\n

<\/p>\n","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia Vol. 1 Review","post_excerpt":"Must read for all Battlecats fans","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-vol-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:13:35","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:13:35","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206753","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":206526,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2021-07-05 17:00:41","post_date_gmt":"2021-07-05 16:00:41","post_content":"

Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span><\/p>\n

Illustrated By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span><\/p>\n

Book Design & Lettering:<\/strong> Miguel A. Zapata<\/span><\/p>\n

Cover By:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span><\/p>\n

Published By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span><\/p>\n

Release Date:<\/strong> July 07, 2021<\/span><\/p>\n

Website:<\/strong><\/span> https:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/<\/a><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

SPOILER WARNING
<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

\u00a0<\/p>\n

After the sudden death of their King at the hands of Valadar, the kingdom of Valderia has been thrown into chaos. As Valadar\u2019s forces take over the capitol, reigning chaos and barbaric violence against its citizens. There are few left to fight against them, even the mighty leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has lost his nerve.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

The remaining members of the Battlecats are on a mission to recover the body of their fallen King at the request of Queen Adastril. Who has taken refuge in Vikal Crest with a resistance group. All the while, Valadar is still unsatisfied with the outcome of his battle against King Eramad III and still seeks vengeance. Whilst another power battle is still in play between Myrthalen and her father Natharien.<\/span><\/em><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_03\"<\/p>\n

We are now in the final arc of the Battlecats story, as this third and final volume begins. I\u2019m sad to see this series come to an end, but it has been a great journey thus far. I\u2019m excited to see where exactly this goes for all characters involved before we get to that final panel. This series has had many a character origin story, battle scenes, trials and tragedies. From political battles to fighting for survival in a coliseum - just to prove your loyalty. The world of Valderia is immense, most of which is inhabited by feline humanoids who follow the will of the Lion God and the late King Eramad dynasty. Then there are few who prefer to go back to the dark days of the past, where animal instinct and barbaric personas was all that was important. It only took a single death of a loved one and a single feline warrior seeking revenge - for these two polar opposite worlds to collide. The result of this is what this final arc will be covering - beginning with the aftermath of King Eramads demise and the new rule of Valadar.<\/span><\/p>\n

Our beloved hero and leader of the Battlecats - Kelthan has taken such a fall from grace that he is still reeling from his King's death. Now stumbling about the streets with a bottle of mead, picking petty fights that he can no longer win in his state of mind. Ultimately offering up his life, just for this nightmarish hell to end. It\u2019s his fellow Battlecats that still fight on, although there are now new tensions in the group. They are still strong, capable and have a stand-in leader, who will hopefully keep them alive long enough to make a difference in this rebellion.<\/span><\/p>\n

On the other side of this fight, Valadar still struggles with the loss of his partner from many years ago. Her skull both haunts him and brings him some form of solace. However its not enough to mask the pain he wishes to rid, even after taking down the beloved ruler of this land. Even after getting his vengeance and now sitting in the seat of power. Valadar is still lost, and its the sinister Myrthalen who will use that to her full advantage.<\/span><\/p>\n

\"Battlecats-1-Vol-3_04\"<\/p>\n

With each new issue the artwork and story has been reaching new heights. With a heavy plot the last number of issues, this latest one finds the characters still reeling from recent events. It\u2019s ultimately Kelthan that is going to have to shape up pretty fast and get his head in order if he wants to renew his pledge to his homeland and fallen King. Valderia is in upheaval, its citizens need saving and the Battlecats may need him once again.<\/span><\/p>\n

Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 is released on July 07, 2021 and can be purchased at www.madcavestudios.com<\/a>, Comixology, Drive-thru comics or your local comic book shop.<\/span><\/p>\n

Overall:<\/strong> 8\/10<\/span><\/p>\n\n","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 3 #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The Battlecats are on a mission","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-3-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 02:41:15","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 01:41:15","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=206526","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":205664,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_date_gmt":"2020-11-19 20:54:26","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\n\nIllustrated By:<\/strong> Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nLettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\n\nCover by: <\/strong>Alejandro Giraldo<\/span>\n\nPublished By: <\/strong>Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\n\nThe Wolvenheart Organisation has been protecting the realms of man for quite some time, from the numerous and vicious attacks by those that have escaped the Hell Fires. From demons to werewolves, and even Dracula himself. This story follows monster hunter Sterling Cross as he steps through time in order to eradicate the hellish beasts. This time however, may be his final fight as he comes face to face with the Queen in Black.<\/span>\n\nThis volume includes the entire 7 issue series of Wolvenheart, a comic series that was full of excitement from start to finish. With a number of surprises thrown in, we get just a glimpse of what Sterling Cross' life was. With intriguing character backgrounds, which I wish were explored even further as I am still left with wanting to discover more. The initial plot was well executed and delivered in what I thought was a captivating final battle. That last panel though, has left fans screaming for an 8th issue at least!!<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_1\"\n\nSterling Cross is no ordinary man, with a gypsie heritage and the blood of a vampire coursing through his veins, he often has to battle against his thirst for blood. Having learnt to feed the right beast, Cross has become one of the Organization's most prominent monster hunters. With the legend that is Van Helsing as his mentor, how could he not live up to their expectations.<\/span>\n\nFollowing the execution of Dracula, Van Helsing set up the Wolvenheart Organisation in order to have a team of hunters on hand to travel throughout time to erase the monsters that had escaped Hell itself during Dracula's rule. This series has many time jumping moments which could have been disastrous to follow, but was instead handled well in its deliverance making for a very enjoyable read through. From the origins of the organisation, to its downfall. With the ability of time jumping, it can only take one person to constantly rewrite history, thankfully we have Sterling Cross.<\/span>\n\n\"wolvenheartvol1_2\"\n\nNow there were several main characters that played prominent roles in this book, as well as Cross' upbringing. Although we don't know much about Sterling's parentage, we do see the strong ties he holds to the gypsies he was raised by. This comic also breaks the stereotypical boundaries, as Helsing himself, originally a monk, joined forces with two other societies in order to bring down Dracula. Three ethnic groups that despise one another, managed to put differences aside all for the greater good. I just wish more information was given in regards to not only Cross' parents, but also Sabinas\u2019.<\/span>\n\nOnce again Mad Cave Studios have produced another remarkable series, with Mark London handling the script. The very same man who is also responsible for bringing the story of Battlecats to life. Alongside fellow Battlecat illustrator Alejandro Giraldo, who handled all the artwork for Wolvenheart. The art style and story for this series is obviously aimed at the Teen+ market, for it's dark themes and horror moments. It's a great read for a standalone series and I would highly recommend it if you have never checked out the studio before.<\/span>\n\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer\/<\/u><\/span>\n\nOverall: <\/strong>8\/10<\/b><\/span>","post_title":"Wolvenheart Vol. 1: Legendary Slayer Review","post_excerpt":"Collects issues #1-7","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"wolvenheart-vol-1-legendary-slayer-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2022-10-08 19:07:02","post_modified_gmt":"2022-10-08 18:07:02","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=205664","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204877,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_date_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content":"Written By: <\/strong>Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPencils, Inks & Covers: <\/strong>Nicolas Salamanca<\/span>\r\n\r\nColors & Covers:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook & Logo Design, Lettering By: <\/strong>Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date: <\/strong>Out Now<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n

Years have passed since the orphan boy; Genshi arrived at the village. Taken in and trained by the Master Shinobi, the day has come for Genshi\u2019s final exam so he may join his masters ranks to protect the village. However just when the end was in sight, Genshi begins to experience some obscure dreams involving demons, beckoning him to allow them to take control. Genshi\u2019s life is about to change forever when the Tengu\u2019s powers end up taking hold of him!<\/em> <\/span><\/p>\r\n

What a story and it is far from over! It has been some time since I\u2019ve read anything that was based in Feudal Japan and Shinobi\u2019s were commonplace. I adore reading stories like this, so this has been a real treat! From Page One, we are shown what the ending is to this Volume. From there the story begins as we discover what events led up to a young Shinobi fleeing up into the mountains to complete Seppuku. This story still holds a few mysteries at the end of this volume, so I am interested to see what Mark London has in store for us next.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_1\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi as a young boy, was found wandering after days on end after the death of his parents by a group of bandits. Discovered by a Shinobi Master, he was brought back to the Iga Clans\u2019 village where he lived and trained under the guidance of Master Nishiro. Genshi has trained diligently for many years, but his eye has wondered to the beauty that is Lady Akemi. With a hidden teenage romance, nearing the end of his Shinobi training and his skills being noticed by those in power - Genshi has a bright future ahead in the village, as he begins to prove his worth. This all comes crashing down, as the dreams of his parents death return, he begins to be haunted day and night by a Tengu playing tricks on his mind. Genshi is no longer able to differentiate what is dream and what is reality, as the Tengu demonstrates his powers. It has become more than just an inside struggle, when Lord Iga\u2019s past suspicions begin to arise once more. There is a wide variety of characters in this story so far. From the enchanting Lady Akemi, the knowledgeable Master Nishiro to the now cursed Genshi. I would love to include more details on the baddies and the other Tengu cursed warrior, but I don\u2019t want to spoil all the fun!<\/span><\/p>\r\n

Shinobis\u2019, most commonly known as Ninjas\u2019, were warriors that were highly skilled in espionage, deception and surprise attacks. Mostly used in reconacense missions, to carry out secret and delicate operations. Genshi and his fellow trainees have just come to the end of their Shinobi training and soon they will learn who the new Leader will be. In this collection we see many scenes filled with violence, competition, fighting for their survival and pure, unrestrained power. As well as the physical fights, we also see how Genshi is trying to fight internally, against what he thought were only bad dreams. The Iga Clan are also preparing for what could be a possible invasion in the coming weeks, as there have been rumors of raids happening in the nearby villages by the Koga clan. So with a clan feud imminent, this isn\u2019t a good time for all the focus to be on Genshi and his Tengu problem. As we begin to learn more about these evil spirits and the powers they possess, it will be interesting to see what way the story develops for both Genshi and his Clan. Also, what exactly happened to his older brother, on the night their parents were killed?<\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"honorandcursevol1_2\"<\/p>\r\n

The artwork is exquisite and fits so well against the story. It also follows the same art style that I have seen in their Show\u2019s End <\/em>series, which I hope to be reviewing shortly. There are no cute drawings here, filled with ponies and cakes. This is some serious artwork, set to bring out the turbulent, dark times the story is set in. As well as feuding clans, we also have a forbidden love story, the introduction of demons and one orphans struggle to make a respectable life for himself, in a village where the Clan Leader completely mistrusts you. This is one story that is definitely aimed for the older teenage market.<\/span><\/p>\r\n

You can buy Volume 1 now of Honor and Curse<\/em>, that houses all 6 issues from Mad Cave Studios<\/em> through the link below. Also try and order if possible from your local book\/comic book store, as they are all struggling right now!<\/span><\/p>\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Honor and Curse, Vol. 1: Torn TPB Review","post_excerpt":"Witness the struggle of a young man","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"honor-and-curse-vol-1-torn-tpb-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_modified_gmt":"2020-05-06 13:47:41","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204877","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204630,"post_author":"2","post_date":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_date_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content":"

Mad Cave Studios Announces the return of Knights of the Golden Sun, Honor and Curse and the Battlecats Finale.<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\nMad Cave Studios has confirmed today that some of their most ambitious titles are coming back later this year. All three hit comics from Mad Cave will deliver glorious art and epic storytelling as it was confirmed by Mad Cave\u2019s own Mark London:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cFolks have been asking for more of each series and although I\u2019ve been teasing it here and there, I'm proud to announce that they are well under production. So far, things look excellent on all fronts and I can assure you that Mad Cave is going to redefine the word epic.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nThe same creative teams that worked on all three titles previously will be returning to reprise their roles.<\/span>\r\n

Knights of the Golden Sun<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"KnightsofTheGoldenSunPoster\"<\/p>\r\n

The archangels are one step closer to finding out the truth behind God's disappearance from Providence. A new quest begins for the archangels that will prove even more difficult than they had previously anticipated. Six ancient relics must be found in order to stop the approaching holy war. Meanwhile, Metatron is still on the loose plotting his revenge after his defeat at the hands of the Archangels. Will the relics bring Father back and finally end the 400 years of solitude? What is Metatron planning? And where is Lucifer? Find out in the next arc of Knights of the Golden Sun!<\/em> From Mark London and Mauricio Villarreal.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSeries artist Mauricio Villarreal said: <\/span>\r\n\u201cThe second arc of Knights of the Golden Sun<\/em> introduces new intrigues, unbelievable characters, and elements of fantasy never seen before.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nKnights of the Golden Sun #8 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

HONOR AND CURSE<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n

\"HonorandCurseVol2\"<\/p>\r\n

Genshi is on the run and searching for the Elder One, the only person capable of teaching him how to control the Tengu, a powerful demon trapped inside of him. <\/span>\r\nMeanwhile, Akemi, Genshi\u2019s former lover and the new leader of the Iga, is doing her best to continue her Father\u2019s legacy after his murder at the hands of Genshi when he was fully consumed by the Tengu. Always ready to seize an opportunity and getting stronger by the day, the Koga, led by Lord Yazuro, are taking steps and preparing to take over the Iga with help from one of Japan's greatest young generals. From Mark London, Nicolas Salamanca, and Tekino.<\/span><\/p>\r\nSalamanca said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s really interesting to come back to Edo period Japan and create more art that honors that era. I enjoyed creating the concepts for the new characters and imagining new locations like the forest where the Tengus and other spirits reside.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cIt\u2019s been a lot of fun exploring demonic possessions and hallucinations through color. I really am enjoying coming back to Honor and Curse. Between a troubled Genshi and witnessing how Akemi is dealing with her father\u2019s murder, this next arc is going to very interesting.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nHonor and Curse #7 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n

BATTLECATS<\/strong><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"BattlecatsPoster\"\r\n\r\nValadar has won. Eramad III is no more. Valderia is now in turmoil and a new red moon eclipses the sky signaling the rise of a new god. Kelthan, once the proud and marvelous leader of the Battlecats, is overcome with doubt and has subsequently surrendered his title. Queen Adastril has taken matters into her own hands by leading a group of rebels and planning an attack on Valadar, the Darkats, and the Umbra raiders. With the aid of Natharien and the remaining Battlecats by her side, Adastril will lead our heroes into a battle that will change Valderia forever. Will the felines succeed or will they die trying? Find out in Battlecats volume 3! From Mark London, Michael Camelo, and Tekino.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMichael Camelo said:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cAfter working on the first two volumes, volume three is a totally different beast. We are bringing years of work to a close, so expect the unimaginable.\u201d<\/span>\r\n\r\nTekino added:<\/span>\r\n\r\n\u201cThe most impressive part of volume three is exploring new regions of Valderia. Choosing how to differentiate each of those regions through color and giving the Battlecats a scruffy, \u201con the run\u201d appearance is really exciting.\u201d <\/span>\r\n\r\nBattecats Vol. 3 #1 will hit store shelves in the fall of 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\nTo get caught up on all previous volumes of Mad Cave stories, follow this link to their <\/span><\/strong>online store <\/a>or this link to find your <\/span><\/strong>local comic shop<\/a> and request the trade paperback editions.<\/span><\/strong>\r\n ","post_title":"Mad Cave Studios Announces The Return Of Three Series","post_excerpt":"Their most ambitious titles are returning this year","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"mad-cave-studios-announces-the-return-of-three-series","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_modified_gmt":"2020-02-20 12:29:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204630","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204554,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_date_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content":"Created & Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nArtist:<\/strong> Robert Stotz<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Jonathan Prada<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Colorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nBook Design & Lettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\nRelease Date:<\/strong> 5th February 2020<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI have been covering the Battlecats comics now for the past two volumes, following their characters and seeing how the story evolves over time as Valderia & its people face a new turbulent time as a violent uprising takes it\u2019s grips on the realm. The team behind Mad Cave Studios have been working tirelessly for years to develop the story, having not only just written a plot but created an entire civilisation & a vast history behind it\u2019s foundations. Now Mark London, along with his creative team, have developed a short four issue mini series that will shine some light on the generations of Lionborne in the Eramad lineage as well as other notable figures that held the title of Battlecats.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlecatsToV1_8\"\r\n\r\nFirst off we look back on a time when Eramad I reigned and was beginning to unite Valderia, all the while sending his most trusted warrior to battle against the Skeleton Lord. We witness a King that looks back on his decisions with regret, after the loss of a dear friend. Beside him to carry out his orders and to seek council from is Natharien. The same old hound that served the two Kings that followed Eramad I. This issue looks back just for a brief moment on the first Lionborne, as we get a glimpse of what sort of a feline he was. We are later shown a fierce battle that was fought against the Skeleton Lord. Mad Cave Studios has also included a character description of all three of the Eramad Kings, as written by Natharien.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"BattlectasTov1_10\"\r\n\r\nThe next three issue cover arts also feature at the end of this issue and they give us a glimpse into what we can expect from them. Issue 1 will be released on the 5th of February, with a new issue following every month until this four part series is complete. I am delighted the team over at Mad Cave have developed this side series, as we all patiently await Volume 3 of the main story. This can also be a good starting point for those that haven\u2019t read Volumes 1 & 2 of the Battlecats saga, but I feel this would be more appreciated by existing fans who already have some idea about the characters. Either way it\u2019s a good filler point before Volume 3 comes out. It will be interesting to see what Issue 2 will have in store.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIf you would like to pre-order your copy today, then check out the link below that will take you straight to the Mad Cave website!<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/product\/battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7\/10<\/span>","post_title":"Battlecats: Tales of Valderia #1 Review","post_excerpt":"The first in a series of anthology","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-tales-of-valderia-1-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_modified_gmt":"2020-01-29 13:11:37","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204554","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204472,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_date_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist:<\/strong> Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n \r\n \r\nHere is a quick recap.<\/span>\r\n\r\nIn Volume 1 we were introduced to the utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic feline warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed, the true identity of the beast was the long missing Lion King - Eramad II. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience to their King - Eramad III, by defeating the deathly challenges set against them by fighting for their lives in front of many of the country's citizens. Meanwhile, Valadar and his warriors have made their way to North Blade Coliseum where the final battle will take place against King Eramad III.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5\"\r\n\r\nVaela has regained some of her strength after a nights\u2019 rest, but tensions are still high amongst the Battlecats. Upon setting foot into the Coliseum again, only one of them is tasked to fight for all their lives and titles. Meanwhile Valadar and his followers have made their way to the gates of the Coliseum, inside King Eramad III will face off against his Kingdom\u2019s greatest foe.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue was a heartbreaking read, as not only do we see the tensions grow amongst the Battlecats, but also the deaths of innocent guards & a high profile leader. The country is now in dire straits, a rebellion has broken the royal line, its people will either be forced back to their animal instincts or be killed. The Battlecats are forced to look on helplessly as their home, the country that they fight to protect, falls in ruins. Just what is to happen in Issue 6? Well keep scrolling to find out.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_5_1\"\r\n\r\nKing Eramad III is no more, as Valadar throws the fallen King\u2019s corpse to the ground, panic sets across the crowd. With the Battlecats restrained and their leader dead, just who is going to protect them? Meanwhile Myrthalens\u2019 true objectives have come to light, unknownst to Valadar, but she still requires the secrets her father possess about the marks. What is he withholding from his daughter, what is the information she so desperately seeks in order to put all of Valdreia in her grasp.<\/span>\r\n\r\nThis issue resumed exactly where Issue 5 ended with the murder of King Eramad III. Kelthan, the leader of the Battlecats, takes up arms against Valadar, but can he really out best the cat that was well beyond capable of murdering a renowned King? The truth is harsh, the action was exciting, the twist at the end certainly leaves it wide open for Volume 3. There will be a good deal of time to wait for the next installment however, with my guess being early Summer 2020 for the release of Volume 3, but like always - Perfection takes time! I would have preferred more issues in this volume, as it does feel a bit prolonged with the way the issues are being released. The overall story is great, it seems to be well thought out, with complex characters and still so many details that haven\u2019t been illustrated for us yet, including the initial betrayal between Valadar and Eramad III. I am actually growing to enjoy Valadar\u2019s character more and more as each issue progresses, he has a deep back story that has certainly fueled his anger and drive to bring down the Kingdom. I can\u2019t wait to see his reaction when he learns of Myrthalens\u2019 mistrust.<\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlevatsvol2_6\"\r\n\r\nBattlecats<\/em> was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios website below. They will also be releasing a complete edition of Volume 2 in the near future.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 7.5\/10<\/span>\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #5-6 Review","post_excerpt":"Fallen legacy\r\n","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-5-6-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_modified_gmt":"2019-12-13 13:01:14","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204472","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":204330,"post_author":"5","post_date":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_date_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content":"Written By:<\/strong> Mark London<\/span>\r\n\r\nPenciller:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nInker:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nLettering By:<\/strong> Miguel Angel Zapata<\/span>\r\n\r\nColorist: <\/strong>Tekino<\/span>\r\n\r\nCover Artist:<\/strong> Michael Camelo<\/span>\r\n\r\nPublished By:<\/strong> Mad Cave Studios<\/span>\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nI am back once again to review the next installment of Battlecats<\/em>, with a look at Volume 2 of the saga. Seeing as it has been out for a few months, I will be doing a complete review of the first 4 issues that have been released thus far. To begin with, here\u2019s a little info about the creators.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nBattlecats was created by Mad Cave Studios<\/em>, which is an independent publisher that resides in both Miami, Florida and Columbia. This group is comprised of a wide selection of very talented artists and creators. They are committed to bringing genre driven, high concept comic books to their readers with their own \u201cMad twist\u201d. They strive to bring out the best action, story, characters and artwork with each and every issue.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nI mean nothing explains it better than their motto.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD COMICS.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD VARIETY.<\/span>\r\n\r\nMAD FUN.<\/span>\r\nNow back to Battlecats<\/em>, where in Volume 1 we were introduced to the feline utopia of Valderia, its\u2019 leader and his pride of cats, heroic warriors and their mission to serve their Lion God. The Royal Guard were known as the Battlecats, who were entrusted on a mission to defeat a dark creature that has been causing chaos. Having encountered the beast, a dark secret has been exposed. Having failed to carry out their mission as tasked, now the Battlecats must pay the price for their disobedience.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_1\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nThe Battlecats have fallen in disgrace with King Eramad III, after refusing to carry out his order to slay the Dire Beast. Instead they bring the creature into the kingdom and are now forced to battle against it yet again, but this time infront of Valderia\u2019s citizens. It is only the King and the select members of his court, that know that this performance for its\u2019 subjects, is infact a punishment for their heroes betrayal to the Lion God. In this issue we also see a flashback of how Kelthan and the King met, some ten years ago.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nMeanwhile, Valadar and his Darkats have reached the hometown of the Battlecats exceptional archer- Kaleera. In this scenic town in Greenspyre, blood begins to run through the streets as an ultimatum is set.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_2\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nOur Battlecats have survived their first trial and are now residing in a dungeon as punishment for their treason. As the Battlecats blame their leader for turning them all into traitors, Kelthan stands by his decision after uncovering the true identity of the Dire Beast - The former King of Valdaria: Eramad II.<\/span>\r\n\r\nWe also discover why the magic wielder Vaela holds one of the marks of the Lion God. King Eramad III invites her into the sacred Gardens of Solitude, there they discuss her ancestry. Their peace is disturbed when a cloaked figure walks through the barrier, injuring the King and kidnapping an unconscious Vaela. This is the moment that starts a war that could end all peace in Valderia.<\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_3\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nValadar\u2019s reason for seeking to destroy King Eramad III has been revealed, yet we still don\u2019t know the full details of what happened between the two. Valadar\u2019s dedication is to the Lizard God and to return to a time of conquering and strength for the kingdom. So far he has invaded and conquered many towns on his march to the Capital, as well as gaining soldiers, whose only choice is to surrender or die by his hand.<\/span><\/span>\r\n

Back in the North Blade, King Eramad III condition worsens from the poisonous wound he sustained from his encounter with Valadar in the Gardens of Solitude, 2 months prior. In the rafters, he is followed by Artain, a feline who has only joined the Kings\u2019 guard in the last month. Together they talk about Artains\u2019 impression of the Capital and we discover how he was recruited\/captured by the Battlecats. The following day, the Battecats take on their next trial, one of immense danger, a battle against the odds, a fight where one of their team will fall.<\/span><\/span><\/p>\r\n\"battlecatsvol2_4\"\r\n

Volume 2: Issue 4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\r\nVaela has fallen in the latest trial, lying beneath the decapitated bodies of the foes the Battlecats defeated. After regaining consciousness for just a brief moment, she collapses once again. Which leads us into a flashback of what happened to Vaela after Valadar kidnapped her from the Gardens of Solitude.<\/span>\r\n\r\nValadar is over confident in the fact that he can take Vaelas\u2019 mark and join it with his own, in order to gain the same great power as Eramad I. However an unknown power stops this from happening, as well as the arrival of the Battlecats to save their friend. It has yet to be explored what or who could have prevented this ritual from happening. Hopefully we will get the answer for this question within the last two issues of this volume.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nAlso in this issue, we see the battle between King Eramad III and the Umbra Raiders that invaded the home city of Lady Adastril, the Kings\u2019 mate, with the events taking place ten years ago. A bloody battle that was fought to protect the pridelands from falling into chaos, which also led to the two felines fates being forever intertwined. Meanwhile in the present day, Valadar is getting ever closer to the Capital.<\/span><\/span><\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nNow I know this has been a fairly long review and congratulations to you for reading this far! It is greatly appreciated. So Volume 2 of Battlecats<\/em> is set to be 6 issues long, so we just have two more left now for this story. So far the visuals and storyline has been both exciting and gripping in moments. The only thing I wish was that each issue was double the length, as it always ends on such a cliffhanger! Fingers crossed there will be a Volume 3, 4, 5 etc.<\/span><\/span>\r\n\r\nFor now you can try ordering these issues from your local independent comic shop or you can buy a digital issue from the Mad Cave Studios<\/em> website below.<\/span>\r\n\r\nhttps:\/\/madcavestudios.com\/comics\/<\/a>\r\n\r\nOverall:<\/strong> 9\/10<\/span>\r\n\r\n ","post_title":"Battlecats Vol. 2 #1-4 Review","post_excerpt":"Battlecats are back","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"battlecats-vol-2-1-4-review","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_modified_gmt":"2019-10-11 12:26:18","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"http:\/\/comicbuzz.com\/?p=204330","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":3},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"epic_block_22"};

Mark London

Page 3 of 4 1 2 3 4
Scroll to Top